Emulex LP10000DC Networks Cards > Downloads Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Open Boot

Operating System

Boot Code

Version

3.10a3

Size Driver

39KB

File Name

to310a3.zip

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: SPARC, PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 4095).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO310a3.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\DO310a3.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\CO310a3.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\HO310a3.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\MO310a3.PRG Lp1050 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\TO310a3.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\BO310a3.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\ZO310a3.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\UO310a3.PRG LPe12000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\AO310a3.PRG LP21000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a3 ------------------------

1. Fixed the issue for the in-correct device id of (LP21000) HBA, and
cause the system fail to initialize the (LP21000) HBA during POST.
(CR75595)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a2 ------------------------
1. In some UNIX server, the HBA adapter does not get initialized when DR
is initiated, the cause of the issue is during DR operation, some
Forth word commands from Fcode can't use in HBA's device memory
instead it can only runs under system memory, and that makes the error
message "Segmentation Fault" by the system's Fcode interpreter. This
release fixed the issue by replace different methods for those Forth
word commands to make it compatible with the DR operation. (CR073924)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a1 ------------------------

1. Supported multi-Luns from 0 upto 4095, added "set-max-lun" command
to allow user to select the maxmium lun support, the default max lun
is 255. (CR29372)

2. Fixed the issue on fail to update the FC boot target when system
comes up from POST. (CR29373)

3. Fixed the issue for system hangs in scan disk if the link topology
changed after system firmware discovered the bootable lun with
a different topology. (CR29019)

4. Fixed the issue on some system will fail to init the config-port when
option command "set-post-linkup" was enabled. (CR29249)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Universal Boot

Operating System

Boot Code

Version

5.03a4

Size Driver

297KB

File Name

tu503a4.zip

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

x86 BootBIOS

Operating System

Boot Code

Version

2.02a2

Size Driver

36KB

File Name

tb202a2.zip

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The adapter boot BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13
system BIOS calls. The adapter Boot BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
topologies.
(2) Multi-initiators: The adapter BIOS supports up to 32 Emulex LightPulse
adapters in a system.
(3) Multi-LUNs: The adapter BIOS supports up to 256 LUNs.
(4) Multi-boot: The adapter BIOS complies with the BIOS Boot Specification
(BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): The adapter BIOS supports both the
EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1 specifications depending on the selection in the
adapter BIOS configuration utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be
configured in the adapter BIOS configuration utility. If the first boot
entry fails the system is still able to boot from the second configured
boot entry and so on.
\2.02a2.txt this file you are reading

\DB202a2.PRG Lp8000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\CB202a2.PRG Lp9000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\HB202a2.PRG Lp9802 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\TB202a2.PRG Lp10000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\BB202a2.PRG Lp11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\QB202a2.PRG Lp850 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\RB202a2.PRG Lp952 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\LB202a2.PRG Lp982 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\MB202a2.PRG Lp1050 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\JB202a2.PRG Lp1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\EB202a2.PRG Lp101 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\YB202a2.PRG LPe111 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\AB202a2.PRG Lp21000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\WB202a2.PRG LPe1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\ZB202a2.PRG LPe11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\UB202a2.PRG LPe12000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\OB202a2.PRG LPe1250 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\PB202a2.PRG LPe121 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

The adapter boot BIOS image has increased in size to 49K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the
problem is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc) and then download the adapter boot BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter boot BIOS is not enabled by LP6DUTIL or an Emulex O.S.
configuration utility, the adapter and the drives connected to the adapter
cannot not be configured to be used to boot the system. In addition if there is
a "No BIOS support" message displayed next to this adapter in the adapter BIOS
configuration utility the user must use LP6DUTIL or other Emulex O.S.
configuration utility to enable the adapter boot BIOS in order to allow this adapter
to be used a bootable controller by the host system.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

EFIBoot

Operating System

Boot Code

Version

4.00a1

Size Driver

219KB

File Name

te400a1.zip

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt this file you are reading
\HE400A1.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\LE400A1.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\TE400A1.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ME400A1.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\EE400A1.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\BE400A1.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\JE400A1.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ZE400A1.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\WE400A1.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\YE400A1.PRG Lpe111 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\UE400A1.PRG Lpe12000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\OE400A1.PRG Lpe1250 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ElxCli400A1.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Firmware

Operating System

Firmware

Version

1.92a1

Size Driver

332KB

File Name

td192a1.zip

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP10000, LP10000DC and LP10000ExDC
PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

TD192A1.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.92a1 and 1.91a5:

Implemeted beaconing feature for Pegasus and Thor. (CR 16592, 21846)

The R_A_TOV field is now properly expressed in milliseconds. (CR 22640)

Improved target mode "fast" POST so that power up no longer causes HBA
to hang. (CR 22594)

A timeout is prevented by allowing the firmware to process fatal DMA
engine errors even if the DMA is not complete, such as during a PCI
master abort. (CR 22641)

Various concurrent FLASH programming issues were resolved by improving
the FLASH interlocking/unlocking algorithm, implementing Intel errata,
and implementing erase failure recovery code.
(CR 21885, 21888, 21889, 21890)

We now default to allowing the PCI bridge to reorder data frames as
necessary, which may result in a system performance increase for some
systems. (CR 21867)

Improved FCP2 recovery to avoid the dropping of frames
(and the resulting delays) during REC ELS command. (CR 21865)

Fixed a recovery issue where a corrupted REC frame with a mismatching
offset would cause the HBA to loop, continually requesting recovery.
(CR 21864)

To avoid dropped receive frames in the case where an OXID is reused
for a new exchange during the ABTS/RRQ processing window, we now skip
any matching "new" exchanges which are in the RRQ state. (CR 21855)

Improved management of unavailable memory by limiting the number of
retries. The HBA now reports an error attention after retries have
been exhausted. (CR 21854)

Improved DMA error handling of split errors where host memory has been
made unavailable. (CR 21853)

Commands are now timed out properly when in FCP-2 mode. (CR 21852)

Protocol testing with invalid conditions revealed protocol response
errors which have had no reported instances of failure in the field.
(CR 21850, 21851, 21863)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363)

Thor no longer deadlocks during processing of RRQ when RESET_RING is
issued with no available exchange resources. (CR 20064)

Improved operation of Pegasus Rx DMA firmware on PCI-X bus.
(CR 21542)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit for HP-UX 10.20

Operating System

HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)

Version

4.20.04

Size Driver

571KB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux10_32_lib.z

Observations

Base driver for HP-UX 10.20
(32-bit OS) with lputil 1.5a1
(572 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit for HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit OS)

Operating System

HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)

Version

4.20.04

Size Driver

681KB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11_64_lib.z

Observations

Base driver for HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (681 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit for HP-UX 11i (32-bit OS)

Operating System

HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)

Version

4.20.04

Size Driver

613KB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11i_32_lib.z

Observations

Base driver for HP-UX 11i (32-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (613 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit for HP-UX 11i (64-bit OS)

Operating System

HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)

Version

4.20.04

Size Driver

695KB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11i_64_lib.z

Observations

Base driver for HP-UX 11i (64-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (695 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only

Version

4.21.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_21_05-hpux11i_64_lib.z

Observations

HP-UX version 11.11: Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (1075 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only

Version

4.21.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_21_05-hpux11_64_lib.z

Observations

HP-UX version 11.0: Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (1055 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11), 64-bit only

Version

4.20.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

726KB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_20_05-hpux11i_64_lib.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 1.5a1
(727 KB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2

Version

5.30.09

Size Driver

3.2MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-05_30_09-hpux11iv2_64_dlkm.z

Observations

64-bit Itanium Processor Family - Provides SCSI functionality over Fibre Channel arbitrated loops and fabric topologies.
Base driver and lputil 1.5a1 (3.23 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2

Version

5.31.05

Size Driver

3.3MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-05_31_05-hpux11iv2_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a9 (3.36 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Version

5.31.09 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)

Size Driver

3.8MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-05_31_09-hpux11iv2_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (3.89 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Version

5.32.03 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)

Size Driver

4.3MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-05_32_03-hpux11iv2.ia_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(4.32 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Version

4.31.09 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_31_09-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a14
(4.66 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Version

4.32.03 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_32_03-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(5.28 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv2, 64-bit only

Version

4.31.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

4.1MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-04_31_05-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a9
(4.15 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)

Version

6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)

Size Driver

3.6MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.ia_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(3.65 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)

Version

6.00.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

2.4MB

File Name

lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.pa_64_dlkm.z

Observations

Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(2.44 MB Z UNIX file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

237KB

File Name

rhel30u1_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

455KB

File Name

rhas21u3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

595KB

File Name

as21u3.i686-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility.

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

315KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a.tgz

Observations

32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for RHEL 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for SLES 8.0

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

14.8MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Dynamic LUN and Target Addition Script

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

343 Bytes

File Name

force_lpfc_scan.sh

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit SLES

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

14.8MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.8MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.1MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

597KB

File Name

as3u1.i686-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

287KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-2.01g.tgz

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (I386)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA64)
- 64-bit Power PC platforms (PPC64)

- Supported Linux Distributions:
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 3
SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

- This driver supports any mix of the above Emulex adapters within a single host system.

Main driver features:
1. Full fabric support, discovery, FCP and fibre channel device/error and exception handling
2. Concurrent multi-protocol (FCP and IP) support
3. Supports INT13 (EDD 2.1/3.0) fabric boot.
4. This driver is entirely self-contained and intended for configuration using lpfc. No external utility is required or supported.
5. This driver will not be dependent on any non-open source program for its execution. It will not taint an open source kernel.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8)

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

587KB

File Name

sles8.i586-1.23a.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

665KB

File Name

sles8sp3_i386-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

11.2MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.7MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

546KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.rpm-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

551KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.tgz-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

294KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.1.14-3.tar.gz

Observations

7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the gz file containing an install script and 2 scripted source RPMs. (295 KB gz file).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require that the
kernel sources be installed on the system in order for the RPM
installation to succeed. The following distributions of Linux are
supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- On SLES 8 SP3, the uninstall procedure does not fully remove all
of the driver files that get built during installation. Run the
'lpfc-install --uninstall' command twice to remove all the
driver files.

- SLES 8 does not handle the Peripheral Qualifier Bit set to 1
correctly. If you need to use some lun scanning software to
dynamically add new luns to a SLES 8 system, you must to set the
lpfc_inq_pqb_filter parameter.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

297KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.2.4-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script (298 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.2 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.2 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.3MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

139.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing the management utilites: HBAnyware v2.0a20 and LPUTIL v1.6a10. (145 MB).

HBAnyware 2.0a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.0a20
SSC version 2.0a15
DFC Library version 7.1.14
Lputil version 1.6a10
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.1.14
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

162.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a12, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a12, lputil 2.0a4, DFC library 7.2.4 and HBA API 2.0f (167 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a12 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a12
SSC version 2.1a12
DFC Library version 7.2.4
Lputil version 2.0a4
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.2.4
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

175.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a24-7.3.2-1-2.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a24, lputil 2.0a9 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a24 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a24
SSC version 2.1a24
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.2-1 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Application Helper Module

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

68KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_ioctl_module_kit-1.0.13-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing install script and scripted source RPM (69 KB).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC DFC driver RPM requires that the kernel sources be
installed on the system in order for the RPM installation to
succeed. The following distributions of Linux are supported by the
Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC DFC driver RPM. This
RPM installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfcdfc directory,
builds the driver for the currently running kernel, and then
installs the drivers to the proper directory for the currently
running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- The Emulex HBAnyware configuration utility is not supported in
this release.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

455KB

File Name

rhas21_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

829KB

File Name

rhas21u4_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.7MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

704KB

File Name

sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

sles8sp3rc4_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

175.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.6-1-3.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a29, lputil 2.0a12 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.6 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

297KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.2-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script
(297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

300KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

237KB

File Name

rhel3u2_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

590KB

File Name

rhas3u2_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.4MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

11.3MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

431KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.rpm-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

432KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.tgz-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

706KB

File Name

sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g-2.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

1.0a14

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

linlpcfg-1.0a14.tgz

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(2.89 MB tgz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

1.0a17

Size Driver

7.3MB

File Name

linlpcfg-1.0a17.tgz

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(7.36 MB tgz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

5.0.17.4

Size Driver

26.1MB

File Name

elxlinlpcfg-rhel4-rhel5-sles10-sles11-5.0.17.4-2.tgz

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(26.1 MB tgz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

1.0a11

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

linlpcfg-1.0a11.tgz

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (ia64)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

13.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles9-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for x86

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

11.7MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles10-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment.

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (ia64)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

14.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-rhel4-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (x86)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

12.4MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-rhel4-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for ia64

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

14.1MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles10-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (x86)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

12.6MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles9-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit SLES

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

11MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles9-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Update Disc

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

4.5MB

File Name

lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-x86_64-20081006-1.iso

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x64 architecture (4.59 MB ISO image file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Update Disc

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

5.1MB

File Name

lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-ia64-20081006-1.iso

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Intel Itanium2 architecture (5.12 MB ISO image file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Update Disc

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

5.9MB

File Name

lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-i686-20081006-1.iso

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x86 architecture (5.97 MB ISO image file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

260KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.17-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
3.3 Kernel Upgrade
3.4 Changing Target Timeout
3.4.1 Background
3.4.2 Observed Problem
3.4.3 Workaround
3.5 Machine Check Exception
3.5.1 Observed problem
3.5.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9

2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-5.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-5.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-5.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-5.EL
package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

165.4MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a25-8.0.16.17-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a25, lputil 2.0a9 (169 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a25 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a25
SSC version 2.1a25
DFC Library version 80.161-5
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.1.a

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.17 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

187.2MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a14-8.0.16.27-1-3.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.48.2p-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

290.7MB

File Name

elxocm-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

15.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

179.1MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.33.3p-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

207.2MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.2a16-8.1.10.12-1-2.tar

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.2a16, lputil 2.0a14

HBAnyware 3.2a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a16
SSC version 3.2a16
DFC Library version 2.15.1007-1-1
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.e

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.10.12 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

159.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a15-8.1.6.6-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.0a15, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.1.6 (163 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.0a15 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.0a15
SSC version 3.0a15
DFC Library version 80.162-7
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.c
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.6.6 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

198.5MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.4a14-8.2.0.22-2-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

197.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.2a7-8.0.16.32-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

187.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.3a20-8.0.16.34-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

196.5MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.4a16-8.0.16.40-1-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

170.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (170 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.1.12-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 2.5-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.8.14 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

189.4MB

File Name

elxocm-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (189 MB tgz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Application helper module

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

202KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_ioctl_module_kit-2.0.9-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Use this file only with the RHEL 4 Update 2 or SLES9 SP3 distributions, which contain the 8.0.16.17 driver -- do not use with the driver kit above

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC Application Helper Module:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC Application Helper
Module RPM. This RPM installs the module sources to the
/usr/src/lpfcdfc directory, builds the module for the currently
running kernel, and then installs the module to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.9-6.37.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-6.37.ELsmp kernel would need the
kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.166-bigsmp kernel would need
the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.166 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

464KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.63-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

333KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.14-1.tar.gz

Observations

SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel)
Base driver and install script (333 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

445KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.32-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (448 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 lspci utility displays "Device 0704" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Adapter Initialization on SLES11 with INTx interrupt mode
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

214KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.27-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

222KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.32-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

289KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.33.3p-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

299KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.39-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

452KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.48.2p-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

190KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.10.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
3. Known Issues

3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications

3.1.1 Observed problem

PCI Hot Plug has been found to cause applications (HBAnyware utilities or
third party applications) that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI), to
misbehave or malfunction.

3.1.2 Workaround

A user should stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI
interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before
performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA.

Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application:
#/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware

After performing PCI Hot Plug of the HBA you can restart the applications.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

175KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.6.6-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (214 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Problem
3.1.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.16.11-7-ppc64 kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.16.11-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.

3. Known Issues

3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk

3.1.1 Background

In SLES10, the modules to be loaded as part of the initial ramdisk are
specified through the variable INITRD_MODULES in /etc/sysconfig/kernel. The
modules are loaded in exactly the order in which they appear in
INITRD_MODULES. This is important when starting the system via the initial
ramdisk and accessing the root file system.

The LPFC driver installation adds the "lpfc" driver in the INITRD_MODULES
list of modules at the end of the list, if the "lpfc" list entry is not
already there. If it is already present it will not make any updates.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

274KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.22-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

233KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

233KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

227KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

231KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

38.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

47MB

File Name

elxocmcore-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

19.5MB

File Name

elxocmcore-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (19.5 MB tgz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

15.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tgz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25_x2-1-2
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Fcauth version 1.17-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

179.1MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tar

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

285KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.29-1.tar.gz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (288 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Solaris 10 Update 1 behavior change -- must read before downloading driver

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

25KB

File Name

lpfc_100_rbyd.pdf

Observations

Solaris 10 Updates and the lpfc
Driver
The behavior of the Solaris operating system changes beginning with Solaris 10 Update 1 (also referred
to as Solaris 10 1/06 release). Starting with this version, a bare-metal installation of the operating system
automatically discovers all SFS-recognized HBAs (Sun-branded, Emulex, or EMC-branded) and binds
them to the “emlxs” SFS driver. A subsequent installation of lpfc will not discover and bind these HBAs;
you must use the emlxdrv utility to unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver as described in this document.

Note: You do not need to follow the procedure described in this document in the following
circumstances:
• If the server contains any Sun-branded HBAs, which are recognized
and supported only by the emlxs driver and not by the lpfc driver; you
must use the emlxs driver on all HBAs.
• If you installed an earlier version of Solaris and bound the HBAs to the
lpfc driver; updating to Solaris 10 Update 1 (or later) by applying
patches will not unbind the HBAs from the lpfc driver.

Prerequisites:
• SPARC platform
• Solaris 10 Update 1 or later installed on a local drive
• Sun released patch 120222-06 or later installed
• Emulex® FCA utility version 1.00m (which includes emlxdrv 1.00j for SPARC) or later installed
(see the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual for installation instructions)
• Emulex lpfc driver not yet installed
To unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver, do the following:
1. Start the emlxdrv utility as described in the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual.
2. Type the following command at the emlxdrv prompt:
clear_all
This unbinds from emlxs all HBAs that are recognized by both emlxs and lpfc drivers.
3. Exit the emlxdrv utility by typing the following:
q
Install the lpfc driver as instructed in the documentation that accompanies the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Troubleshooting Manual

Information

Manual

Operating System

Manual

Size Driver

649KB

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Manual

Information

Manual

Operating System

Manual

Size Driver

649KB

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Observations

for Emulex OneConnect and LightPulse Adapters Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Storport Miniport Driver User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.20 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Storport Miniport Driver User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.10 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Windows Drivers Release Notes

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

37KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

1.9MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Driver for VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.31.09 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.32.03 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

53203_manual.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1.03 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.31.09 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

1.8MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.32.03 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

43203_manual.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1.04 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility, Application Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.0.17.4

Size Driver

63KB

File Name

linlpcfg_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility, Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a14

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Installation Manual

Information

Manual

Operating System

Manual

Size Driver

369KB

File Name

install_lp10000dc.pdf

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Release Notes for the Driver and FCA Utilities

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

32KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver and FCA utilities

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Release Notes for HBAnyware

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

70KB

File Name

solaris_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: October 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the SFS FCA Driver (Solaris Leadville Driver)
Version: 4.1
This document describes the new features, resolved issues and known issues associated with this utility build
release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require
additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Technical Support representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility no longer crashes or aborts when attempting to view a large LUN
configuration.
2. LUNs greater than 127 are now counted correctly. Previously, LUNs up to 255 could be
configured, but only LUNS 129 – 240 were displayed.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
2. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
3. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range, not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
4. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
5. NPIV setting is volatile if enabled through the Host Driver Parameters tab
If you enable the NPIV Driver Parameter through the Host Driver Parameters tab for a host with LP21000
or LP21002 adapters, this parameter will not be enabled after a reboot.
Workaround: Enable NPIV through the port driver parameters tab for each of the HBA ports. To enable
the NPIV parameter for LP21000 & LP21002 adapters:
1. From the discovery-tree, select a port.
2. Select the Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
6. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
6. The Virtual Ports tab may report erroneous NPIV Information.
When the enable-NPIV driver parameter is disabled, the Virtual Ports tab may erroneously report, “The
fabric switch does not support virtual ports” whether the switch supports NPIV or not.
Workaround: To accurately determine if the switch supports NPIV, either:
Enable the enable-NPIV driver parameter using the HBAnyware utility. To enable the enable-NPIV
parameter:
1. Select your host from the discovery tree.
2. Select the Host Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. From the discovery-tree, select a port that is connected to the switch.
6. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
7. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
When the enable-npiv or EnableNPIV parameter is enabled, the message, “The fabric switch does not
support virtual ports” appears only if the switch actually does not support NPIV.
Or
Refer to your switch documentation or manufacturer to determine if the switch supports NPIV.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Installation Manual AutoPilot Installer

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

114KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Installation Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

465KB

File Name

driver_quick_install.pdf

Observations

This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Prerequisites.....................................................................................................2
Changing Driver Types......................................................................................2
Driver Kit Installer Overview..............................................................................3
AutoPilot Installer Overview...............................................................................3
Text-Only Installation Overview.........................................................................3
Installing the Driver Kit.............................................................................................3
AutoPilot Installation Procedures.............................................................................4
Running a Software Installation Interactively.....................................................4
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update.....................................6
Software-First Installation..................................................................................8
Utility-Only Update............................................................................................9
AutoPilot Installer Diagnostics...............................................................................10
If Installation Fails...........................................................................................10

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® Storport Miniport and NDIS Miniport drivers provides installation options
that include simple installations with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations that use
predefined script files and text-only installations. AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and
utilities in Windows executable files (driver kit installers) that you can download from the Emulex Web
site.
There are two types of driver kits that can install the Emulex drivers and utilities:
• Full Installation Driver kit (full driver kit) - Includes the Emulex protocol drivers for Fibre Channel
(FC), Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), iSCSI, and Ethernet and the complete
OneCommand ManagerTM application, including a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and a
Command Line Interface (CLI). The full driver kit also provides an option to create AutoPilot
Installer kits that you can customize and distribute on your network. Although the full driver kit
will not install on the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 (Server Core), it
can be used to create kits for those platforms.
• Core Installation Driver kit (core driver kit) - Includes the Emulex drivers and the OneCommand
Manager application CLI, but not the OneCommand Manager application GUI. The core driver
kit is required for use with Server Core platforms. You can only customize the core driver kit on
the system where it is installed. It cannot be used to create AutoPilot Installer kits for other
platforms.
Run one of the driver kit installers to extract all of the software needed for an installation, then complete
the installation using AutoPilot Installer.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

User Manual HBAnyware Utility Version 3.3

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Linux

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

80KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

496KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

onecommand.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

onecommand.pdf

Observations

Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0 (5.48 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

498KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40a3 32-Bit

Size Driver

115KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual Utility User Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The driver for Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium platforms. The driver for Windows 2000 Server is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual_w2k.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.2MB

File Name

manual_w2k.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.11b

Size Driver

465KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsPrerequisitesCompatibilityThings to Know Before You DownloadChanges and CorrectionsKnown IssuesFiles Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsDriver InformationInstall Driver on New Netware ServerInstall Driver on Existing Netware ServerUsing an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsIntroductionDriver ParametersSpecial Command Line Parameters

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.12b

Size Driver

484KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Changes and Corrections
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

3.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 9

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1,574 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.11cx2

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20e

Size Driver

429KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

2.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02g

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a

Size Driver

499KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20k (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

4.3MB

File Name

manual_220.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (4.37 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02f

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,727 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.21d

Size Driver

484KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.14b

Size Driver

452KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Supported Features
New Features in this Release
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Troubleshooting the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Failback Detection Not Automatic
Only Eight LUNS are Seen

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

4.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

fcportmanual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See our knowledgebase article for more information. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see our knowledgebase article for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3.12 MB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Definitions ......................................................................................................... 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Updating the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer ....................................... 2
Using the FC Port Driver in a Windows 2000 Server System ............................ 2
Upgrading to Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 ......................................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 3
FC Port Driver Information....................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Update the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer .......................................... 4
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 4
Files Included in the AutoPilot Installer™ ................................................................ 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Distribution Executable File Procedure.............................................................. 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 5
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 5
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 8
Procedure ................................................................................................... 8
HBAnyware Security Configurator Installation ....................................................... 10
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 10
Procedure ................................................................................................. 10
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 11
Prerequisites ................................................................................................... 11
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 11
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 11
Delete Questions in the APInstall.cfg File........................................................ 12

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
FC Port 2.40a2 has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support cluster qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition for the x86 platform. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1. More Information
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1,526 KB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Release Notes

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

44KB

File Name

windows_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

34KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31h (SPARC)

Size Driver

876KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

lputil Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

329KB

File Name

lputil.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux Offline Utility, Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.0.17.4

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

offline_utilities_manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

6MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.31.05

Size Driver

735KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.21.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

923KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11), 64-bit only

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.20.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

570KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (279 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.30.09

Size Driver

524KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

64-bit Itanium Processor Family - Provides SCSI functionality over Fibre Channel arbitrated loops and fabric topologies.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (524 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

lputil Manual lputil Utility User Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

329KB

File Name

lputil.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.20.04

Size Driver

518KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (518 KB)

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Download Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Compatibility
Prerequisites
Things to Know Before You Download
Changes and Corrections
Known Issues
Cautions and Warnings
Files Included in this Release
Important Files

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Installation Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Compatibility
Prerequisites
Installation
Install the Driver
Remove Existing Driver

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Configuration Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Introduction
Change Configuration Parameters
Set Up Persistent Binding and LUN Blocking
View IOSCAN Report
Understand Device Numbering
View adapCfg.h File Parameters
List Adapters
View Adapter Information
Update Firmware
Install Boot Code
Reset Adapter
Download PCI Configuration

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Troubleshooting Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Introduction
HBA Not Available After A Firmware Update
Error Codes Table

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

2.6MB

File Name

linux_11.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ..................................................................................................................... 1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 2
For the ULDK .............................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit................................................................................... 3
LPFC Driver Kit Install Script Options................................................................ 4
LPFC Driver Kit Directory Structure................................................................... 4
Installing the LPFC Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions ......................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update.......... 5
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel............................... 5
Installing the Unified Linux Drivers Kit ..................................................................... 5
Uninstalling the ULDK ....................................................................................... 6
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 7
Uninstalling the LPFC Driver Kit ........................................................................ 7
Configuration ................................................................................................................. 8
LPFC Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary LPFC Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .......................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
LPFC Driver Parameters Reference Table ...................................................... 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (VPorts)........................................................................ 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying VPorts........................................................ 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The VPort Sysfs Tree ...................................................................................... 19
LPFC Driver Version 8.2.8.2x sysfs Structure.................................................. 20
VPort sysfs Entries.................................................................................... 21
VPort Configuration Limits............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

2.5MB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2, 64-bit only

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.31.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

737KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual_81.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB pdf file) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

971KB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

950KB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

115KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (498 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

User Manual Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.01

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

995KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

User Manual Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

984KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Vista

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

User Manual HBAnyware Utility Version 3.4

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

User Manual for Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Information

Manual

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

2.4MB

File Name

windows_drivers.pdf

Observations

This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
User manual for Emulex drivers for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 2
Minimum Software Requirements...................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 2
FC and FCoE Driver .......................................................................................... 2
iSCSI Driver ...................................................................................................... 3
NDIS Miniport Ethernet (NIC) Driver.................................................................. 3
Driver Kit Installer Overview .................................................................................... 4
Files Installed by the Driver Kit Installer............................................................. 4
AutoPilot Installer Overview..................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ............................................................................... 5
Text-Only Installation ......................................................................................... 5
Installing the Driver Kit............................................................................................. 6
Starting Installers from a Command Prompt or Script .............................................. 6
Running a Software Installation Interactively ........................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update ..................................... 8
Software-First Installation ................................................................................ 10
Utility-Only Update .......................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics...................................................................................................... 12
Performing an Unattended Installation................................................................... 12
Driver Kit Installer Command Line Parameters ...................................................... 13
Configuring an AutoPilot Installer Kit ..................................................................... 14
AutoPilot Installer Command Line Parameters ................................................ 15
Command Line Parameter Settings .......................................................... 15
Configuration File Location ....................................................................... 16
Software Configuration Parameters .......................................................... 17
AutoPilot Configuration File ............................................................................. 20
Configuration Identification [AUTOPILOT.ID]............................................. 21
Software Configuration [AUTOPILOT.CONFIG] ........................................ 21
Configuration Prompts/Vendor-Specific Questions
[STORPORT.CONFIGURATION] .............................................................. 21
QFE Checks [STORPORT.QFES] ............................................................. 23
Setting Up FC Driver Parameters [STORPORT.PARAMS] ........................ 23
Setting Up System Parameters [SYSTEM.PARAMS]................................ 23
AutoPilot Installer Exit Codes .......................................................................... 24
AutoPilot Installer Installation Reports....................................................... 25
Command Script Example......................................................................... 25
Manual Installation and Updating Procedures ....................................................... 27
Manually Installing or Updating the Emulex Protocol Drivers .......................... 27
Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver for the First Time ................. 27
Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver ............................................. 28
Installing or Updating the FC Storport Miniport Driver ............................... 28
Installing or Updating the iSCSI Driver ...................................................... 29
Installing or Updating the NIC Driver ......................................................... 30
Installing the Driver Utilities ............................................................................. 31
OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Procedures .............................. 31

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Installation Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

256KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Quick Installation Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

256KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Windows

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

62KB

File Name

windows_release_notes.pdf

Observations

This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager Release Notes for VMware

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

97KB

File Name

vmware_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: OneCommand Manager™ Application for the ESX 3.5 Driver for VMware
Version: 5.0
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. Refer to the OneCommand Manager Application User Manual for details.
2. Support for Emulex OneConnect™ OCe10102 UCNAs.
Resolved Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. There are no resolved issues.
Known Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. Remote Management FC-based (also known as in-band) remote management is not supported in this release.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. Core Kit Upgrade Procedure The following procedure should be used to upgrade to the 5.0.18.4-1 OneCommand Manager core kit. NOTE: The upgrade process has changed for this release.
1. Remove the lpfc, be2net and (if installed) be2iscsi driver RPMs from the server.
2. Install the lpfc, be2net and (if desired) be2iscsi 2.101.411.0 driver RPMs. Do not reboot the server.
3. Upgrade to the elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.18.4-1 RPM using the “rpm –U” command.
4. Upgrade the OneConnect UCNA to the 2.101.411.0 firmware.
5. Reboot the VMware ESX 3.5 server.
3. Running the OneConnect™ FCoE Adapter without the NIC Driver It is not advised to run a OneConnect FCoE adapter without the NIC driver installed. Many management functions are unavailable:
1. Firmware
a. Download
b. Active and flash firmware versions
c. Firmware status
d. BIOS version
e. Boot code version
2. All diagnostics including beaconing
3. Transceiver data display
4. Port disable
5. Physical port link status
6. All CEE settings
7. Event log display (CLI only)
8. FAT dumps
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. CEE Priority Groups
Switching from DCBX enabled to disabled and then back to enabled may not return the Priority Groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority to the switch settings.
Workaround: Disable and re-enable the port (hbacmd setportenabled or Physical Port Info tab).
If you disable DCBX and then modify the priority groups and/or FCoE/iSCSI priority, when you enable DCBX the CEE properties will not return to the switch settings.
Workaround: Modify the priority groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority values. After they are saved, the CEE properties should match the switch.
If you disable DCBX using HBACMD (setceeparams MAC/WWPN dcbxstate 0), all Priority Group priorities and bandwidths are reset to 0. This also causes all active Priority Group priorities and bandwidths to be 0.
Workaround: Use the GUI to disable DCBX or re-enter the Priority Groups and bandwidths using the “setceepriority” and “setcnapgbw” commands. However, this workaround will cause the issue described in the previous paragraph.
5. Installation Warning Message A warning message similar to the following may appear on some systems when the RPM is installed:
ldconfig: /usr/lib/libdfc.so is not a symbolic link
This message can appear when the library configuration utility, ldconfig, encounters unexpected files in the /usr/lib/ directory. These files may exist because an earlier Emulex utility kit that does not use RPM for package management was previously installed on the system. If RPM encounters previously existing files that are not owned by RPM packages currently installed on the system, then it will save them with the ".bak" extension in the /usr/lib directory.
6. Limit Centralized Management Centralized management of adapters across VMware ESX servers must be limited to, at most, one OneCommand Manager GUI or CLI client. This applies to OneCommand Manager application remote connectivity for TCP/IP-based management.
In addition, the remote OneCommand Manager application client must be configured to disable its periodic auto-polling of discovered remote servers (which is enabled by default). This is done using the client GUI drop-down menu item shown here:
Click Discovery --> Modify Settings and select the resultant settings as follows: In-Band (Fibre Channel) - Manual Refresh Out-if-Band (TCP/IP) - Manual Refresh Expire Undiscovered HBA - Never Remove
As a result of this constraint, Emulex suggests that the OneCommand Manager application remote management of Windows, Linux, and Solaris servers take place in an environment separate from that of VMware ESX servers. It is advisable to keep the discovery domains disjointed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Complete Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

2.6MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 8

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

31KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

25KB

File Name

linux_11_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: February 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.8.x
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Resolved
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Resolved
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
(EEH).
6. VPort Log Out Issue Resolved
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Resolved
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Resolved
Corrected a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Corrected a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Corrected
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Corrected
Corrected handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Corrected
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

147KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

67KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

38KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

28KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.52vmw

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.52vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual version 7.3.x

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

986KB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.49vmw

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.49vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual version 7.4.x

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

1016KB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30j (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.12d (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual_212.pdf

Observations

Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 1
Compatibility ............................................................................................................ 1
Known Issues .......................................................................................................... 2
Minimum Driver for Firmware Installation on LPe11000 and LPe11002 HBAs... 2
Special Circumstances for Installing Solaris SFS Driver Version 2.12 or later ... 2
Installing the Solaris SFS Driver ............................................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 8 or 9 .......................................... 3
Method 1: Using the Install_it Script (recommended) ....................................... 3
Method 2: Using Individual Patches .................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 (Sparc, X64 and x86) ............. 4
Installing the FCA Utilities....................................................................................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ..................... 5
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 5
Procedure.......................................................................................................... 5
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script............................................ 6
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually............................................... 7
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 7
Procedure.......................................................................................................... 7
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................................ 8
Configuration .........................................................................................9
Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 9
Solaris SFS and lpfc Driver Parameter Cross-Reference Table ............................. 10
Using the emlxadm Utility ..................................................................................................... 14
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ............................................................................. 14
Interactive Mode (emlxadm) ............................................................................ 14
CLI Mode (emlxadm) ....................................................................................... 15
Command Descriptions (emlxadm)........................................................................ 16
get_num_devs................................................................................................. 16
get_dev_list ..................................................................................................... 17
get_logi_params ................................................................................ 18
get_host_params............................................................................................. 18
get_sym_pname.............................................................................................. 19
set_sym_pname <"string">.............................................................................. 19
get_sym_nname.............................................................................................. 19
set_sym_nname <"string">.............................................................................. 19
dev_login ........................................................................................... 19
dev_logout ........................................................................................ 20
get_state ........................................................................................... 20
dev_remove ...................................................................................... 20
link_status ........................................................................................... 20
get_fcode_rev ................................................................................................. 20
download_fcode ............................................................................ 21
get_fw_rev....................................................................................................... 21
download_fw ................................................................................. 21
get_boot_rev ................................................................................................... 22
download_boot ............................................................................. 22
get_dump_size ................................................................................................ 22
force_dump ..................................................................................................... 22

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.21h (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

manual_221.pdf

Observations

Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver (1.45 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

solarissfs.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Introduction................................................................................................................... 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Solaris SFS FCA (emlxs) Driver ......................................................... 4
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris
(SPARC, x64 and x86) ...................................................................................... 4
Utilities..................................................................................................................... 4
The HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................ 4
The emlxadm Utility..................................................................................... 5
The emlxdrv Utility ...................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility ....................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ........ 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator.... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility .................................................................. 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch ...................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ................................ 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually .................................. 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ............................. 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................. 11
Configuration and Migration......................................................................................... 12
Introduction............................................................................................................ 12
Changing Driver Properties Using the emlxs.conf File........................................... 12
Enabling NPIV Support on Solaris 10.............................................................. 12
Enabling NPIV Support on OpenSolaris .......................................................... 13
NPIV Configuration Limits ......................................................................... 13
NPIV and OS Virtualization ....................................................................... 13
Using VPorts with Logical Domains, Containers and xVM......................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication Driver Properties ...................................................... 15
Configuring Target Mode Support for OpenSolaris ................................................ 15
Emulex SFS FCA Driver Properties ....................................................................... 15
The Configuration File (emlxs.conf) .......................................................... 15
Migrating from the Solaris LPFC Driver to the Solaris emlxs Driver....................... 22
Operational Behaviors of the emlxs Driver ...................................................... 22
Use Cases....................................................................................................... 22
Sample Script File Details ............................................................................... 23
start_emlxs_migration.sh ......................................................................... 23
finish_emlxs_migration.sh......................................................................... 24
Migrating a Configuration without FC Boot ...................................................... 24
Migrating Automatically ............................................................................. 24
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 24
Procedures................................................................................................ 25
Migrating a Configuration with FC Boot ........................................................... 27
Prerequisite............................................................................................... 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Solaris emlxs and Solaris LPFC Driver Properties Cross-Reference Table ..... 30

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31h (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.31

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.x

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual (1.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.30.53vmw

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.53vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.40

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

vmware.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.0.40

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Application Release Notes

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.00.17.06

Size Driver

63KB

File Name

winlpcfg_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Boot Code User Manual

Information

Boot Code

Operating System

Manual

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Bus Type PCI-X 1.0
Max Bus Speed 133 MHz
Product Type HBA Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Complete Manual Includes the Installation, AutoPilot Installer, Configuration and Troubleshooting sections

Information

Manual for Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 9

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.12d (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

30KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (31 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

876KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Firmware Update Manual

Information

Firmware

Operating System

Manual

Size Driver

106KB

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.31

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

964KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.1

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30j (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Instuctions for using the HBAnyware utility Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.21h (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Instuctions for using the HBAnyware utility

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20a7

Size Driver

3.6MB

File Name

storport120manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note The KB916048 update to the Microsoft Storport driver is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,264 KB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Microsoft Storport Driver Update ....................................................................... 2
Updating the Storport Miniport Driver Using AutoPilot Installer.......................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Files Included in this AutoPilot Installer ............................................................. 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Running the Distribution Executable File ........................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 6
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installation Procedures ............................................................................. 7
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ...................................................... 9
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 10
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 10
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 10
Deleting Questions in the APInstall.cfg File ..................................................... 11
Optional Configuration File Changes............................................................... 11
Setting Up Driver Parameters.......................................................................... 14
Setting Up System Parameters ....................................................................... 14
Unattended Error Codes Reference Table....................................................... 14
Invoking AutoPilot Installer .............................................................................. 15
Batch File Example ......................................................................................... 15
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver .................................. 17
Overview ......................................................................................................... 17
Removing the Adjunct Driver Registry Key...................................................... 17
Manually Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 17
Manually Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 18
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver ............................ 19
Manually Installing the Driver Utilities .............................................................. 20
Uninstalling the Utility Package ....................................................................... 20
Uninstalling the Emulex Drivers....................................................................... 22
Configuration ...........................................................................................................23
Introduction............................................................................................................ 23
Starting HBAnyware from the Desktop ............................................................ 24

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

corekit_user_manual.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual - Offline Utilities Manual

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a7

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a8 32-Bit

Size Driver

1.8MB

File Name

set_w2k.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a8 64-Bit

Size Driver

1.9MB

File Name

set_ws3.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.00.17.06

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

offline_utilities_manual.pdf

Observations

The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a15

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.1MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

corekit_user_manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 64-Bit

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a9 64-Bit

Size Driver

2.1MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 64-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual version 3.2

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

2.4MB

File Name

hbanyware32.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch ........................................................ 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface...................................... 7
Using the CLI Client (Linux) ........................................................................ 7
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 22
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 23
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 24
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 24
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 24
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 24
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 25
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 25
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 25
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 26
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 26
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 27
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 28
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 28
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 29
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 29
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 30
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 30
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 31
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 31
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 31
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 32
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 32
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 33
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 33
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 34
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 34
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 35
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 36
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 37
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 37
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 38
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 38
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

HBAnyware Manual version 3.1

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

2.1MB

File Name

hbanyware31.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 6
Using the HBAnyware Command-Line Interface ............................................... 6
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 11
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 12
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 13
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 13
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 13
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 13
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 14
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 14
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 14
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 15
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 15
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 16
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 17
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 17
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 18
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 18
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 19
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 19
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 20
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 20
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 20
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 21
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 21
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 22
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 22
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 23
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 23
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 24
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 25
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 26
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 26
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 27
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 27
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Updating Firmware (Batch Mode).................................................................... 29

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

48KB

File Name

driver_release_notes_c.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

863KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

863KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02f

Size Driver

609KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30j (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

863KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

808KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.21h (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

866KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

876KB

File Name

sfs_utilities.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.12b

Size Driver

53KB

File Name

nw212b.zip

Observations

Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Base driver

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.12b Feb 12, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.12a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 1
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.01a2)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.14b

Size Driver

54KB

File Name

nw214b.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.14b Jul 09, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.14b version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 2 (NW65SP2)
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 4 (NW6SP4 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.90a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.11b

Size Driver

53KB

File Name

nw211b.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.11b Oct 19, 2003
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.11b version of the
LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family and Novell
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, and 6.0. It provides support for switched Fabric
operation and multi-initiator environments and for up to 16 adapter
channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a. Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.00a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.20e

Size Driver

59KB

File Name

nw220e.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.20e September 30, 2005
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.20e version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 3 (NW65SP3)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Support Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.21d

Size Driver

65KB

File Name

nw221d.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.21d August 10, 2006
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.21d version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 5 (NW65SP5)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 8 (NW51SP8)
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 6.5

Version

2.22a

Size Driver

66KB

File Name

nw222a-1c.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.22a January 24, 2008
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.22a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 6.5 (and is compatible with 5.1 and 6.0, though
there is no official support). It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 7 (NW65SP7)
- NetWare 6.0 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW60SP6
- NetWare 5.1 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW51SP8
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c
to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LPe12000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe1250 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe121 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

21.8MB

File Name

solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

30.2MB

File Name

solaris-4.1a37-1.03h-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Version

2.12d (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

226KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.01a-i386.tar

Observations

emlxadm version 1.01a for x64 and x86 (226 KB tar file)
Note - Instructions for using the utilities are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Version

2.20k (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

31MB

File Name

solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar

Observations

HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c for x64 and x86 (31 MB tar file)
Note - Instructions for using the utilities are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Version

2.21h (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

17.9MB

File Name

solaris-3.3a23-1.02a-1c.tar

Observations

HBAnyware version 3.3a23, emlxadm version 1.02a for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 3.3a23 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.21a or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02a or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.3a23-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.3a23-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 x64 and x86

Version

2.30j (x64 and x86)

Size Driver

18MB

File Name

solaris-3.4a14-1.02d-1a.tar

Observations

HBAnyware version 3.4a14, emlxadm version 1.02d for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.30h or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02d or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.4a14-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.4a14-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02f

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02f-1a.tar

Observations

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

This kit contains the following components:

lpfc-6.02f-sparc.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Solaris Driver
EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/solframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02g

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02g-1a.tar

Observations

Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

76KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar

Observations

emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02g

Size Driver

76KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar

Observations

emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

31MB

File Name

solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar

Observations

HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 8

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

212KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

76KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

20MB

File Name

solaris-3.0a17-6.10gx2-1a.tar

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a17 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.0a17 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.10b, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.11cx2

Size Driver

24.1MB

File Name

solaris-3.1a12-6.11cx2-1a.tar

Observations

Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.1a12 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.1a12 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.11c, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.3a19-6.20j-1b.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.4a15-6.21f-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 9

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 9

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

31MB

File Name

solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.4a15-6.21g-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

25.5MB

File Name

solaris-4.0a37-6.30g-1b.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Library Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

35KB

File Name

em_cpq9_vmware.tar.gz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HP Rubah Library version 9.0 (36 KB gz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-7.3.2

Size Driver

113KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.3.2.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 2.0a12, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw1); ESX 2.5.5 - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw4); ESX 2.5.4 Driver Disk - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw3)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.3.2.

It includes lputil version 2.0a12.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libdfc.so Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.40

Size Driver

931KB

File Name

elxvmwarecorekit-esx35-4.0a45-1.i386.rpm

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 4.0a45 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (932 KB rpm file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw

Size Driver

2MB

File Name

elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm

Observations

vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

1.8MB

File Name

elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.17.3-1.i386.rpm

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (1.80 MB rpm file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-4.20q

Size Driver

127KB

File Name

lpfcutil-4.20q.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.4a8, HBA API library version 1.3; ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2 (also alternate driver for ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.3)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 4.20q.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

db2ebdcdf2d3fde90feb0c3024e56808 ./dfc
327385b6a6e0df6965cd0a66fba45190 ./fcdiag.h
f5a8c90c7446c051c78c79649fc0289d ./libdfc.a
5a45829a47b00df673de2a8410036a9f ./lputil
743c00a91536b13fbfe11bd4326eb0ba ./libHBAAPI.so
ad015c6f292b893167e2467cf2b7bcd6 ./libemulexhbaapi.so

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-7.1.14

Size Driver

105KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.1.14.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.6a10, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - Alternate driver and Microsoft Cluster Software , 2 GBit/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - Microsoft Cluster Software, 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.1.14.

It includes lputil version 1.6a10.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-2.01g

Size Driver

107KB

File Name

lpfcutil-2.01g-2.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.6a6, HBA API library version 2.0f; ESX 2.5.4 (2.01g_vmw2, also alternate for ESX 2.5.5); ESX 2.5.3 (2.01g_vmw1); ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.2 (2.01g)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8 ppc64
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 2.01g, and HBAAPI version 2.0f.

It includes lputil version 1.6a6.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2

Size Driver

107KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.4.0.13-1.tgz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, ESX 3.5 U2 Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.g)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

302KB

File Name

elxvmwarecorekit-2.1a42-1.i386.rpm

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.31

Size Driver

910KB

File Name

elxvmwarecorekit-4.0a27-2.i386.rpm

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a27 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (300 KB rpm file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-1.22e

Size Driver

120KB

File Name

lpfcutil-1.22e.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.5a0, HBA API library version 2.0b; alternate driver for ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 1.22e.

It includes lputil version 1.4a8

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

For I386:

57216ef4164549da6cbf552df6f5773d dfc
9b88355a3c1a311306a8579ff4b46c2d fcdiag.h
7b429052c5054f7caca26cc6e7ab8818 libHBAAPI.so
04f44bcfc7aa63f57abba85ecdd9a14e libdfc.a
1968b9a74ba82e5c42242ae0279ceb39 libemulexhbaapi.so
aa43ddcfb9f7c9f5a4063652e69d0a7b lputil

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.3.2_vmw4 and 7.3.2_vmw10

Size Driver

115KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.3.2-3.tgz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.a (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.f)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

FC driver Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

6.2MB

File Name

vmware-esx-drivers-scsi-lpfc_elx_v740-350-7.4.0.52-001.i386.rpm

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Base FC driver and install script (6.24 MB rpm file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

6.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider1.0.12-1.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-23a6c-4e.exe

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a9 and elxcfg version 1.41a14 (13,156 KB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14.3MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-20a9-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

18.4MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-30a2-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.31a0

Size Driver

17.2MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-31a0-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.22a8 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

port-5-2.22a8-3a.zip

Observations

Qualification: 32-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a13 and elxcfg version 1.41a14

This kit contains the following components:

sli222a8win2ks.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
EmlxApps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8win2ks.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
EmlxApps300a7.zip package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

scsiport-5-5.10a10-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 32-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, and it is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a10sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

scsiport-5-5.10a9-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a9sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated to install
the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory to be compatible with
Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns5510a9sc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
applications kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14.2MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-30a2c-3f.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-40a2-1a.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.40a3 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2.40a3-1b.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-41a1-1b.exe

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.41a1 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you're using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. If you're using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation.
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.42a0

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-42a0-1c.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.22a8 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.3MB

File Name

port-6-2.22a8-3b.zip

Observations

Qualification: 64-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a13 and elxcfg version 1.41a14

This kit contains the following components:
sli222a8ia64c.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8ia64c.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a9 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

scsiport-6-5.10a9-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 64-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a9dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns6510a9dc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a10 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

scsiport-6-5.10a10-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a10dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a16 and lputilnt 1.8a13

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-20a8c-2g.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

7.1MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider1.1.6-2.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.3a14

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

21.4MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-00a12-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

24.2MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_1-30a9-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.20a7

Size Driver

17.9MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_1-20a7-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

11.6MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-10a7-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a9

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

8.8MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-01a4-1h.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

37.1MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2.20.006-1h.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

39.3MB

File Name

elxocm-windows-5.00.17.06-2.exe

Observations

Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
FC/FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet drivers and OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (39.3 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

WinPE Offline Utilities Kit

Operating System

WinPE

Version

1.0a15

Size Driver

638KB

File Name

winlpcfg_1.0a15.zip

Observations

The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

WinPE Offline Utilities Kit

Operating System

WinPE

Version

1.0a7

Size Driver

224KB

File Name

winlpcfg_10a7.zip

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP10000DC

Description

WinPE Offline Utilities Kit

Operating System

WinPE

Version

5.00.17.06

Size Driver

2.5MB

File Name

elxwinlpcfg-x86-5.00.17.06-1.exe

Observations

Access to Official Website Emulex

Home English Drivers English

Welcome to the HelpDrivers, driver for printers.

Original files: In HelpDrivers, all drivers, manuals, BIOS, etc. are those originally provided by the official manufacturers. Click here to learn more

You can download by either clicking the 'Download' button. From the File Download window, verify that "Save" is selected and click OK.

Do not rename the file you're downloading, it may cause installation problems.

Available 371 files for Emulex LP10000DC

Select Files